<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0">
<channel>
<title><![CDATA[羊窝 -- ywo.net]]></title> 
<description><![CDATA[羊窝 - 记录羊仔的点滴关注。]]></description>
<link>http://www.ywo.net/</link>
<language>zh-cn</language>
<generator>www.emlog.net</generator>
<item>
	<title>时态的一致与不一致</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=125</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal" align="center" style="text-align:left;"><b style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">1</span></b><b style="line-height:125%;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">、时态的一致</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">某些从句里的动词时态与主句里的动词时态相呼应的规律，叫做时态的一致。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">1</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）如果主句中的谓语动词是现在时态或将来时态时，从句中的谓语动词可根据具体要求而用不同的相应时态。</span><span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">I<b><u> know</u></b> that his brother <b><u>studie</u></b>d here.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">我（现在）知道他哥哥在这里学习过（指以前）。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><u><span lang="EN-US">Can</span></u></b><span lang="EN-US"> you tell me
when you<b><u> will finish</u></b> the
work? </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">你能告诉我你将何时完成这项工作？</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US"><o:p>&nbsp;</o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">2</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）主句中的谓语动词是过去时态，从句中也要用过去时态。</span><span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①如果从句的动作发生在主句的动作之前，从句中的谓语动词须用过去完成时，过去完成进行时或一般过去时。用一般过去时时，从句中必须有表过去的时间状语。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">He <b><u>told</u></b> me he <b><u>had been</u></b> there.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">他告诉我他去过那里。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">I <b><u>thought </u></b>you<b><u> were having</u></b> a meeting.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">我想你正在开会。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">The boy said he
was born in 1975.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">那男孩说他出生于</span><span lang="EN-US">1975</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">年。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">②如果从句的动作和主句的动作同时发生，从句动词用一般过去时或过去进行时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">I was <b><u>told</u></b> that they <b><u>were designing</u></b> a new machine.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">有人告诉我，他们正在设计一台新机器。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">He <b><u>told</u></b> me he <b><u>was unwell</u></b>.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">他告诉我他不舒服。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">③如果从句中的动作发生在主句的动作之后，从句中的谓语动词要用过去将来时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">They <b><u>didn't</u></b> know when hey <b><u>would go</u></b> to the Great wall.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">他不知道什么时候去参观长城。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">She <b><u>said</u></b> she <b><u>was going </u></b>to be a doctor after leaving school.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">她说毕业后她要当一名医生。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span lang="EN-US">2</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">、时态的不一致</span><span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">从句中的谓语动词与主句中的谓语动词不相呼应，这种现象称为时态的不一致。</span><span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">下列场合，如果主句谓语动词为过去时态，宾语从句中的谓语动词仍用一般现在时。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">1</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）从句所表达的是客观真理或客观事实时。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">Long ago people <b><u>didn't</u></b> know that the earth <b><u>moves</u></b> around the sun.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">很久以前人们不知道地球绕着太阳转。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">The teacher <b><u>said</u></b> that practice <b><u>makes</u></b> perfect.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">老师说熟能生巧。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）当从句中谓语动词所表示的动作在转述时仍在继续，或表示现在时刻仍存在的状态时。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">She <b><u>told</u></b> me that she <b><u>is</u></b> only 15 now.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">她告诉我她现在只有</span><span lang="EN-US">15</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">岁。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">因此，不同的从句应根据其需要，选用恰当的时态。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="center" style="text-align:center;line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-size:14.0pt;line-height:125%;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">时态确定的技巧</span></b><b><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:14.0pt;line-height:125%;"><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">一、时态的呼应：在复合句，从句（主要是宾语从句）中的时态，常受主句谓语动词的影响，这就叫做时态的呼应，时态的呼应一般有如下的情况。</span></b><span lang="EN-US"><br />
<b>&nbsp;1</b></span><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">、如果主句的谓语动词为现在时态，其从句中的谓语动词应该用什么时态就用什么时态，</span></b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如：</span><span lang="EN-US">She knows you have been in Beijing
for five rears.<br />
<b>&nbsp;2</b></span><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">、如果主句中的谓语动词为过去时态，从句中的谓语动词就要用过去时态，但要注意到下列情况：</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left:0cm;text-indent:0cm;line-height:125%;mso-list:l0 level1 lfo1;"><!--[if !supportLists]--><span lang="EN-US">（1）</span><!--[endif]--><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如果从句中的<b>谓语动词所表示的动作与主句中的谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生</b>，从句中须用<b>一般过去时或过去进行时</b>，如：</span><span lang="EN-US">She
said she was busy then.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">&nbsp;(2)</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如果从句中的<b>谓语动词所表示的动作发生在主句谓语动词所表示的动作之前</b>，从句中须用<b>过去完成时</b>，如：</span><span lang="EN-US">I
didn't know that she had been to London twice.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">&nbsp;(3)</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如果从句中的<b>谓语动词所表示的动作发生在主句谓语动词所表示的动作之后</b>，从句须用<b>过去将来时</b>，如：</span><span lang="EN-US">They
didn't know when they would have a rest.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">&nbsp;(4)</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如果从句中说明的是一种<b>普遍真理现象</b>，虽然主句的谓语动词为过去时态从句中仍要用<b>一般现在时</b>，如：</span><span lang="EN-US">When I
was a little child, my father told me that the earth is round.</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">&nbsp;(5)</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如果从句中有表示具体过去时间的状语，虽然其谓语动词所表示的动作发生在主句谓语动词所表示的动作之前，从句仍用一般过去时，但如果该状语表示的时间不具体，则从句仍要用过去完成时，如：</span><span lang="EN-US">Tome said he was born in 1975.<br />
</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">二、<b>从句子本身附带的时间状语来确定时态。</b></span><b><span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">1</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有</span><span lang="EN-US">every day, every Friday afternoon, twice a week,&nbsp; often,&nbsp;
always,&nbsp; usually</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等类似的时间状语时，句子多用一般现在时</span></b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">They usually <b><u>watch</u></b> TV <b><u>in the evening</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">他们通常晚上看电视。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">Miss Wang <b><u>studies </u></b>English on the radio <b><u>every morning</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">王小姐每天早晨跟着收音机学英语。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">2</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有</span><span lang="EN-US">yesterday, last month, in 1998, two years ago, before liberation</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等类似的时间状语时，句子多用一般过去时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">I <b><u>told</u></b> her to bring my book to
school <b><u>yesterday</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">我昨天告诉她把我的书拿到学校来。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">My sister <b><u>finished</u></b> middle school <b><u>half a year ago</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">我妹妹中学毕业半年了。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">3</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有</span><span lang="EN-US">tomorrow, next week, when spring comes, if we have time</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等类似的时间状语</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或从句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">时，句子</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或主句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">多用一般将来时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><u><span lang="EN-US">If it doesn’t rain tomorrow</span></u></b><span lang="EN-US">, we <b><u>will visit</u></b> the Great Wall. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">如果明天不下雨，我将去看长城。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">There <b><u>will be</u></b> a film in our school <b><u>tomorrow evening</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">明晚我校有电影。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">4</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有</span><span lang="EN-US">for two years, in the past ten years, since 1990, already, just, yet</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等类似的时间状语</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或从句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">时，句子</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或主句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">多用现在完成时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">Zhou Lan <b><u>has already studied</u></b> in this
school <b><u>for two years.</u></b> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">周兰已在这所学校学习了两年。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">The two old men <b><u>haven’t seen</u></b> each other <b><u>since 1970</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">这两位老人自从</span><span lang="EN-US">1970</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">来一直没见过。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">5</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有</span><span lang="EN-US">at ten last night, the whole evening, this time yesterday, when he
came in</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等类似的时间状语</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或从句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">时，</span><span lang="EN-US">10&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">句子</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或主句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">多用过去进行时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">They <b><u>were having </u></b>a meeting <b><u>at ten yesterday morning.</u></b></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">昨天</span><span lang="EN-US">10</span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">点他们在开会。</span><span lang="EN-US"> </span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">We <b><u>were talking about</u></b> the film <b><u>when he came in.</u></b> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">他进来时我们正在谈论电影。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">6</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有</span><span lang="EN-US">by 1999, by the end of last term, two weeks before, before he came
here</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等类似的时间状语</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或从句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">时，句子</span><span lang="EN-US">(</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或主句</span><span lang="EN-US">)</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">多用过去完成时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><u><span lang="EN-US">By the end of</span></u></b><span lang="EN-US"> the
match, they <b><u>had kicke</u></b>d four
goals. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">比赛结束前，他们打入了四球。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><span lang="EN-US">He<b><u> had learned </u></b>two thousand
Chinese words <b><u>before</u></b> he came
to the school. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">他上学前就学会了两千个汉字。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">7</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）句中若有时间状语</span><span lang="EN-US">now</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">或提示词</span><span lang="EN-US"> Look!, Listen!, Be quiet!,
Hurry!</span></b><b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等时，句子多用现在进行时。</span></b></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><u><span lang="EN-US">Be quiet</span></u></b><span lang="EN-US">! The child<b><u> is sleeping</u></b>. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">安静！孩子在睡觉。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><u><span lang="EN-US">Look</span></u></b><span lang="EN-US">! The children
are flying kites over there. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">看！孩子们在放风筝。</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:125%;"><b><u><span lang="EN-US">Listen</span></u></b><span lang="EN-US">,&nbsp; please. Who<b><u> is making noises</u></b> in the next room. </span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">听！谁在隔壁高谈阔论？</span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US"><o:p>&nbsp;</o:p></span></p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 16 Apr 2012 13:55:21 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=125</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>Word2007的docx文档在线转换，或Word2003补丁</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=124</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p><span style="color:#ff0000;font-size:16px;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">无意中找到基本Google的Android平台方面的电子书，下载后是docx格式，DOCX格式属于word2007的格式，我本机的Office2003也识别不了，只好另想办法。</span><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="color:#ff0000;font-size:16px;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;"><br />
</span></span></p>
<span style="font-size:16px;"> </span><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;"> </span><p><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">Office 2007 的 Word 文档格式为 Microsoft Open Office XML Format 
(.docx)，这种格式不被老版本的 Office 兼容。要查看该类型的文档，你需要安装Office 2007（如果这是一种选项的话），或者安装 </span></span><a><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">Office 2007 Compatibility Pack for 
Windows</span></span></a><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">。 
(安装一个补丁，名称为</span><strong><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">O2007Cnv.exe</span></strong><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">，链接为：</span></span><a><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">http://download.microsoft.com/download/6/9/E/69EA942D-4636-4350-A526-0BFD9771A12A/O2007Cnv.exe</span></span></a><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;"> 注意</span><strong><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">安装之后重启机器</span></strong><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">，问题基本就解决了，现在就可以识别出docx、docm格式的Word 
2007文档，pptx、pptm、potx、potm、ppsx、ppsm格式的PowerPoint 
2007文档，xlsb、xlsx、xlsm、xltx、xltm格式的Excel 2007文档等。 )</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;"><br />
</span></span></p>
<span style="font-size:16px;"> </span><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;"> </span><p><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">如果你手头有个docx格式的文档，并且你仅仅对它的文本内容感兴趣，你可以使用</span></span><a title="http://docx-converter.com/"><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">http://docx-converter.com/</span></span></a><span style="font-size:medium;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">这个网站，它提供</span><span style="color:#ff0000;"><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">抽取docx文档文本内容</span></span><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">的在线服务。虽然只能抽取文本，功能稍显弱了点，但总比读不出来要强。Docx-converter.com 
提供一种便携式的解答为您的兼容性需要。它将转换微软办公系统docx 文件成一个简单的HTML 文件。它剥离在一些格式化之外, 但现在支持 </span><strong><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">大胆</span></strong><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">, </span><em><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">斜体字</span></em><span style="color:#000000;font-size:16px;">, 和 在下面划线的 文本。左, 正确, 集中, 和有正当理由的对准线。Unicode 
字符。表。并且更多!</span></span></p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 16 Apr 2012 11:39:26 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=124</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>英语中的年份、日期、时间与数字的读法</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=123</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal"><p class="MsoNormal"><a name="OLE_LINK2"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">英语中的年份、日期、时间与数字的读法</span></a></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">．年份</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">关于四位数年份的读法有下列几种情形：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）一般情况下，将表示年份的四个数字按前后分为两组，每一组的数字都按基数词来读。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1865</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> eighteen sixty-five</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1998</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> nineteen ninety-eight</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）如果前两个数字为非“零”数字，后两位数分别为“零”，则先读出前两位数，然后将后面的两个“零”读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> hundred</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1900</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> nineteen hundred</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1800</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> eighteen hundred</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">3</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）第三个数字为“零”（其他数字不是“零”）的年份的读法应当将该“零”读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">O</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">［</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">u</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">］。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1809</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> eighteen O nine</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">4</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）关于千年的一些读法。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2000</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> two thousand</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2008</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> two thousand and eight</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">twenty O eight</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1008</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one thousand and eight</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">ten O eight</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">另外，还有一些非四位数的年份，它们有两种读法：一种是按照基数词的方法来读，另一种是一个一个数字来读。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">531BC</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> five three one BC</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">five hundred
and thirty-one BC</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">．日期</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">英语日期的读法、写法和汉语不同，要注意区别。英语中年、月、日的表达方法是“月份</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">+</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">序数词，年”。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2001</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">年</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">4</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">月</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">日应该写成：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">April 2nd, 2001</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，读成：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">April the
second, two thousand and one</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。一般情况下，序数词是在基数词后加</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">-th</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，但有几种特殊情况，可按下面规律来记：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">、</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">、</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">3</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">单独记（即</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">first, second, third</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">），</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">8</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">后少</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">t</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">9</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">少</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">e</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（即：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">eighth, ninth</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">），</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">5</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">、</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">12</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">变</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">ve</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">fth</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（即</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">fifth, twelfth</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">），整十位数变</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">y</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">ie</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">再加</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">th</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">twentieth</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">），二位以上只将个数变序数词（如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">thirty-second</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">October 31</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">October 31st</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">October</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">the</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">thirty-first</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">August 26</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">August 26th</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">August</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">the</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">twenty-sixth</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><a name="OLE_LINK1"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">3</span></a><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">．时间</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">时间的读法有以下一些特点：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）可以直接按照表示时间的数字来读。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">10</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">56</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> ten fifty six</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">8</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">30</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> eight thirty</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）正点后的前半小时，通常说几点“过”（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">past</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）几分。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">9</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">25</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> twenty-five
past nine</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">16</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> sixteen past
two</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">3</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）正点后的后半小时，通常说几点“差”（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">to</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）几分。此时，所说的“几点”指的是“正点”后的下一个“正点”。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">10</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">55</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> five to
eleven</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">8</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">40</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> twenty to
nine</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">4</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）英语中的</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">15</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">分钟也可以说成“一刻钟”（</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">a
quarter</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">）。例如：</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">4</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">15</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> a quarter
past four</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">7</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">45</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> a quarter to
eight</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">45</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">分钟读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> three
quarters</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">4.</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">数字</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1). </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">整数和小数的读法</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">3.24</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">可以读作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">three point twenty-four</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">three twenty-four</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。在美国买东西都要含税</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">所以价钱多半都带有小数点</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">通常小数点可以说</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> point</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">也可以直接省略。</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">另外比较正式的说法为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> three
dollars and twenty-four cents, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">但是在一般日常生活中几乎是听不到这种读法，而是直接读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> three twenty-four</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。在美国开支票的机会很多</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">要注意的是，支票上小数的写和读与平时有所不同。<span style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">在支票上</span>，金额不仅要用阿拉伯数字写出，而且还要用英语在金额栏的最左边写出。<span style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">其中整数部分的第一个字母要大写</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">小数部分则用</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;"> xx/100 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">来表示</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">并在最后加上</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;"> only</span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">。例如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;"> 12.87 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">写为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">Twelve dollar and 87/100 only</span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1,245 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">可读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> twelve forty-five</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">one thousand
two hundred and forty-five </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> twelve hundred
and forty-five</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。一般来说</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">四位数的读法是两个数字两个数字一起读</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">12-45</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。但有时为了让对方听得更清楚</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">(</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">特别是跟钱有关的时候</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">)</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，会把</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> thousand </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">和</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> hundred </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">读出来</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">像上面的第二种读法。</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">另外</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">像第三种读法，美国人也很喜欢把</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one
thousand two hundred </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">直接说成</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> twelve
hundred</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，例如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1,200 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">可以读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">twelve hundred</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，当然也可以说</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one
thousand and two hundred</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，这就是我们从教科书上学的读法了。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　五位数的读法是前两个数一组</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">后两个一组，中间的自己一组。例如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> 35,891 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">经常读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">thirty-five
thousand eight hundred and ninety-one</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。而六位数如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">100,000 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">则读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">one hundred
thousand</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。由于在英语中没有十万这个字</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">所以<span style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">十万</span>要用</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">one hundred thousand,</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">一亿</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">要用</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">one hundred
million</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。这两个要多练习</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">不然很难熟练运用。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　整数中比较特殊的就是电话号码了，读电话号码的原则是在清楚的基础上，越简单越好。人们在读电话号码时，习惯一个数字一个数字地说</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">以求清楚</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">但有时为了方便起见</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">也会以十位数为单位</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">两个两个一起说。例如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">770-2145 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">可以读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">seven seven
zero, two one four five</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，也可以读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> seven
seven o, twenty-one forty-five</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。总之，不管如何读，一定要清楚，不要引起歧义。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2). </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">分数和科学记数的读法</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">1/2</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">可以读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">one half</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">或</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">one over two</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1/2 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">的说法跟</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> 1/3</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">、</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1/4 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">都不一样</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">它不读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one second</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，而要用</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one half</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。而</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one of two </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">常用在数学上</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">强调</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> 1 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">除以</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> 2, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">这种说法在日常生活中用得比较少。至于</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1/3 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">是</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">one third</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1/4 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">是</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one fourth</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">等，大家对这种说法都已经很熟悉了，在此不多说，但要注意两点：在日常生活中，用</span><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">one quarter </span><span style="font-family:宋体;background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">表示</span><span lang="EN-US" style="background-image:initial;background-attachment:initial;background-origin:initial;background-clip:initial;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;background-position:initial initial;background-repeat:initial initial;">1/4</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">比用</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one fourth </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">更多一些；</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">2/3 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">要说</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> two thirds, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">也就是说分母那个</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> third </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">要加</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> s</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">，不要忘记。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">　　科学记数如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">1.23</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">×</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">10-4 </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">可读为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one point two three
times ten to the minus four(negative four)</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">；</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">one point two three times ten minus four </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> one point two three ten minus four</span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">。第一个是最正确的说法</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">, </span><span style="font-family:宋体;color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">但有时为了简便会有不同程度的省略。像第二、三个省略适用在别人知道你在说科学符号的场合，例如老师上课时，或同学讨论功课时，不然别人有可能会误会你的意思。</span></p>
<span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;"> </span><p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US"><o:p><span style="color:#000000;background-color:#ffffff;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
</p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 16 Apr 2012 11:37:49 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=123</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>as......as 的用法</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=122</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><?xml:namespace prefix = o ns = "urn:schemas-microsoft-com:office:office" /><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as...as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">意为</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">“</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">和</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">……</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">一样</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">”</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">，表示同级的比较。使用时要注意第一个</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">为副词，第二个</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">为连词。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">其基本结构为：</span></b><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as+ adj./ adv. +as</span></span></b><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">。</span></b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">例如：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">(1)This film is as interesting as that one.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">这部电影和那部电影一样有趣。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">(2)Your pen writes as smoothly as mine.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">你的钢笔书写起来和我的一样流畅。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">其否定式为</span></b><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">not as/so +adj./ adv. +as</span></span></b><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">。</span></b><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">例如：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">This dictionary is not as/so useful as you think.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">这本字典不如你想象的那样有用。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">总结</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>1.as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">结构中，要使用形容词或副词的原形。</span><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as + </span></span></b><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">形容词或副词原级</span></b><b style="mso-bidi-font-weight:normal;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> + as<o:p></o:p></span></span></b></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp;</span>2.as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">结构用于肯定句或否定句，</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">so…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">只用于否定句，用来表示</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">“</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">不如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">……</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">那样</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">……”</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">。值得注意的是：它表示的内容总是前者不如后者。使用副词表示</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">“</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">不相等</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">”</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">的句型中，</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">“not as/so…as…”</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">中的</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">not</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">要和助动词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">do,does,did</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">等一起放在行为动词前，来构成否定句</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span><o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>3.as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">结构中，若出现名词，一般将名词放在</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">中间。若有形容词作定语修饰单数可数名词，其前的不定冠词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">a/an</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">，须放在形容词之后。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>4.as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">结构中如出现表示倍数的词，应放在</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">结构之前。如：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>Our school is four times as large as yours.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">我们的学校比你们的学校要大四倍。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>5.as…as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">结构后接具体数字时，是表示长、短、高、矮、重、轻等的程度，而不是表示两者的比较。如：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>Some stones weigh as much as fifteen tons.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">有些石头重达十五吨。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;text-indent:10.5pt;mso-char-indent-count:1.0;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">6</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">当</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as… as </span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">中间有名词时采用以下格式。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as +</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">形容词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">+ a +</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">单数名词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>as + many/much +</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">名词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">　</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> This is as good an example as the other is.<span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span>I can carry as much paper as you can.<o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">几个关于</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as...as</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">的常见句型：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">(1)as...as possible <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">Please answer my question as soon as possible.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">请尽快回答我的问题。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp;</span><o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp;</span>(2)as long as... <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">It took us as long as three years to carry out the plan.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">我们花了长达三年的时间才完成这项计划。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">(3)as far as <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">He walked as far as the railway station yesterday evening.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">昨天傍晚，他一直散步到火车站。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">(4)as well as <o:p></o:p></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">She cooks as well as her mother does.</span></span><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:'Times New Roman';">她烧菜烧得跟她母亲一样好。</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"> <span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></span></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';font-size:small;">&nbsp;</span></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin:0cm 0cm 0pt;"><span style="font-size:small;"><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#333333;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">as&nbsp;busy&nbsp;as&nbsp;a&nbsp;bee</span></span><span style="color:#333333;font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:ˎ̥;">像蜜蜂一样忙碌</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#333333;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;<span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>as deep as a well</span></span><span style="color:#333333;font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:ˎ̥;">像井一样深</span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#333333;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><span style="font-family:'Times New Roman';"><span style="mso-spacerun:yes;">&nbsp; </span>as&nbsp;light&nbsp;as&nbsp;a&nbsp;feather</span></span><span style="color:#333333;font-family:宋体;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:'Times New Roman';mso-hansi-font-family:ˎ̥;">像羽毛一样轻</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="color:#333333;mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Wed, 11 Apr 2012 09:14:42 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=122</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>“西班牙运动员”= &quot;A Spanish Athlete&quot;(爱吹牛的人）？</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=121</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<div style="text-align:left;"><span style="color:#000066;font-family:宋体;font-size:x-small;"><div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 我们先来解答「印度阿三」这个对印度人很不礼貌的浑号典故好了！</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 话说七、八十年前，上海还是个租界，所以老外非常多、尤其是英国人，更是占了绝大多数！为了维护上海租界的治安，所以英国人找了很多来自印度的锡克教徒来当保安警察（当时的名词叫做巡捕）。这些印度佬的皮肤都很黑，加上宗教信仰之故，头顶上都缠着红巾。所以上海人一开始都叫这些印度警察为「红头黑炭」。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp;不过英国体系的公务人员（尤其是警察）长久以来都习惯被称呼为SIR（详见成龙的警察系列电影，不是都叫警察为阿SIR或是警SIR吗？）。另外上海人一向习惯在单音节的单字前面添加一个「阿」字。所以上海人叫着叫着、就把阿Sir叫成了阿三，于是印度警察就被叫成了「红头阿三」了。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 后来又过了几个月，上海人发现并不是每一个印度人都是缠着红巾的锡克教徒，印度还有很多不缠红头巾的其它宗教人民。所以上海人索性就把「红头阿三」改成了「印度阿三」，于是这个不礼貌的浑号就一直沿用至今、几乎华人地区的每一个人都还是习惯叫印度人为「印度阿三」。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 另外还有一种可信度颇高、已经被列入俚语辞典大百科的说法！就是当时上海租界的民众经常要与这些印度警察沟通，不过中国人的英文不好、印度人的英文也是怪腔怪调，所以当时上海的「警民沟通」可说是鸡同鸭讲、非常地不顺畅！不过上海人居然从这种鸡同鸭讲式的沟通上，又找到了新的乐子。因为他们发现印度警察每回遇上了舌尖嘴利的上海民众的时候，总是会面红耳赤、吞吞吐吐，喜欢结结巴巴地反复讲着：「I Say.....I Say.....」。所以上海人就把印度警察的经典结巴名句：「I Say」、用上海话来发音，又变成了「阿三」。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 就是因为以上这两种有点莫名其妙的原因，所以「印度人」与「印度阿三」之间，从此就被硬生生地画上了等号。想起来，印度人也真的蛮冤枉的！平白无故就多了「印度阿三」这个浑号！</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 与「印度阿三」非常相似的典故还有「高丽棒子」，通常只要台湾的球队对上了韩国队，大家总是会用「高丽棒子」来代表韩国人、而且口气都非常地轻蔑与敌视。不过「高丽棒子」的典故其实早在一千多年前就已经存在！其实当时「高丽棒子」并不是一句带有不屑之意的轻蔑用语，而是一句赞美韩国人非常勇敢的形容词。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 话说一千四百多年前，隋炀帝领军两百万入侵高句丽（就是现在的韩国），不过隋军尽管军容壮盛、但是最后却搞得全军覆没、非常难堪！主要的原因就是高句丽人非常勇敢、极尽所能地顽强抵抗。就连妇女也拿着洗衣服用的捣衣棒（古名叫做「梆子」）不怕死地与隋军拼命。自此之后，大家都叫韩国人为「高丽梆子」、一千多年来、念着念着就念成了「高丽棒子」。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp;另外还有一个说法，就是一百年前日军占领东北、成立伪满州国的时候，低层的警察多半是韩国人（说是朝鲜人、高丽人其实也都通啦！）、而且这些韩国警察喜欢欺负汉人、动不动就拿警棍往汉人的脑袋瓜K。于是汉人就很赌烂这些韩国警察喜欢用棒子K人的行径，从此就管这些韩国警察叫「高丽棒子」。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 无奇有偶的是：「高丽棒子」跟「印度阿三」的例子十分类似，原本都只是取笑该国籍警察的轻蔑浑号，但是最后却扩大成整个国家、整个民族的共同浑号。这可是当初帮这些警察取外号的人始料未及的事情！</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 如果你觉得韩国人、印度人很惨、很无辜！因为「高丽棒子」跟「印度阿三」都是既不体面、又不友善的浑号。那你就更应该同情荷兰人，荷兰人才是全世界「浑号界」的头号苦主呢！</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 既然有头号苦主的存在，那一定有头号加害者的存在！没错！您的逻辑推理完全正确！自古以来，全世界最喜欢给其它国家、其它民族取浑号的国家莫过于英国了。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 为什么英国人闲着没事、就喜欢给别人取一些难听无比的浑号呢？主要的原因就是因为英国人喜欢打仗、而且不管交战的对手是谁？不管这场战役到底结果是英军大胜、还是英军惨败，只要战争结束之后，英国人要做的事情并不是战后重建、而是赶快帮敌人取一个浑号、来嘲笑一番。所以当英国人与土耳其大打出手之后，从此土耳其（Turk）在英文里面的意义就叫做残暴的人。当英国与西班牙大干一场之后，从此西班牙人在英文里头就化身为「吹牛皮的人（Spanish athlete）。当英国人与俄国人干完架之后、俄国人从此就与「野蛮人」划上了等号。但是最惨的还是荷兰人，因为荷兰人与英国人在三百多年前争夺大西洋霸权的时候，曾经打了长达二十六年、历经三次惨烈大决战的战争。这场英荷大战，其实双方互有胜负、两败俱伤！英荷两军都没有人敢说自己赢得这场战争！（否则就是西班牙人了！典故在前几行！请自行移动Mouse）。不过当战争结束之后，英国人就开始卯足全力来丑化荷兰人。所以英文里面的荷兰（Dutch）几乎都是不好的字眼。我们日常生活最常用的「荷兰浑号式英文」，末过于Go Dutch（各自买单付款），这是一个暗讽荷兰人非常吝啬的常用英文词组。不过现在很多人为了不想让荷兰人太伤心，所以已经用share cost来代替Go Dutch这个带有偏见的英文成语。</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 另外「荷兰式的勇气（Dutch courage）」就是代表要趁着酒意、才会假装神勇的行为，也就是胆小如鼠之意。「荷兰式防御（Dutch defence）则是虚张声势之意。「荷兰大叔（Dutch uncle）」就是那种喜欢训话、没事就爱干谯的人。「打倒荷兰人（Beat the Dutch）」就是英文里头「了不起！够*」之意。等一下～我还没道尽荷兰人的悲哀呢！后头还有更狠的！ 您知道「荷兰式老婆（Dutch wife）」是什么意思吗？原本只是单纯的竹枕头之意，后来居然变成「人尽可夫的X妇」！英国人真是太狠了！「荷式尖顶女帽（Dutch cap）」是啥呢？原本也只是形容一顶单纯的荷兰风格女帽而已，不过后来英国人却又为这个词组增加了一个崭新意义「女性避孕套」！快晕过去了吧？不过最狠最狠的「荷兰浑号式英文」莫过于这一句：「如果我*8231;*8231;*8231;，我就他妈的是荷兰人（I'm a Dutchman, if...）」，这句英文文法是代表什么呢？就是说：「如果我...，我就不是人！」 &nbsp;</div>
<div>&nbsp; &nbsp; 看到这里，你有没有觉得英国人真的是疯了！三百年前英国与荷兰之间的陈年旧事居然可以一直积怨到现在！英国人可真是够受了！所以无论是印度阿三、高丽棒子、或者是令人看到怵目惊心的「荷兰浑号式英文」！都是带有浓厚偏见的一种词汇。如果您能不用这种词汇，我看还是尽量不用比较好！因为随着国际化的脚步，你不知道何时在路上会遇上一个印度人、韩国人或是荷兰人，如果你还是把印度阿三、高丽棒子、Beat the Dutch挂在嘴上，我想你被海扁一顿的机率还真的不小呢</div>
</span></div>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Fri, 06 Apr 2012 13:36:57 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=121</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>延续性动词与非延续性动词及其转换</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=120</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p align="center" style="text-align:left;margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;"><span style="text-align:justify;text-indent:24pt;font-size:10.5pt;">动词按其动作发生的方式、发生过程的长短可分为</span><span style="text-align:justify;text-indent:24pt;font-size:10.5pt;color:#993300;">延续性动词</span><span style="text-align:justify;text-indent:24pt;font-size:10.5pt;">与</span><span style="text-align:justify;text-indent:24pt;font-size:10.5pt;color:maroon;">非延续性动词</span><span style="text-align:justify;text-indent:24pt;font-size:10.5pt;">。</span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">一</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">.</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;">延续性动词</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">表示能够延续的动作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">,</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">如：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">learn,
work, stand, lie, know, walk, keep, have, wait, watch, sing, read, sleep, live,
stay</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">等。延续性动词可以与表示时间段的状语连用。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">表示时间段的短语有</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">: </span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;">⑴</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;&nbsp;
for+</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">一段时间</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">,&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">如</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"> </span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">for
2 years;&nbsp;&nbsp; </span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;">⑵</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;&nbsp; since</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">从句</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">,&nbsp; </span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"> since he came here;&nbsp; since+</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">过去时间点名词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">,</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"> since last year, since 5 days ago</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">例</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">:&nbsp;
He<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">has lived</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">here<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">for 6 years</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">.&nbsp;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;You
can<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">keep</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">the
book<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">for 5 days</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">.&nbsp;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">二</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">.</span><strong><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;">非延续性动词</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">也称终止性动词、瞬间动词</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">,</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">表示不能延续的动作</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">,</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">这种动作发生后立即结束。</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"> </span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">如</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">:open,
die, close, begin, finish, come, go, move, borrow, lend, buy</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">等。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">非延续性动词在肯定句中与表示时间点的状语连用，如：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">two
years ago;&nbsp; at 5 o'clock;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">例</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">:He<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">died</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">5
years</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:maroon;">ago.</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">三</span><strong><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;">.</span></strong><strong><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;">延续性动词与非延续性动词之间的转换</span></strong><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">：（考试重点，学生易错。）</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">例：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"> He<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:red;">left</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">five
minutes<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:#003366;">ago</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">.&nbsp;&nbsp;
=&nbsp; He has<span class="apple-converted-space">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:red;">been
away</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:#003366;">for</span><span class="apple-converted-space"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:navy;">&nbsp;</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">five
minutes.<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:21.0pt;mso-char-indent-count: 2.0"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">这句话的意思是指他<em><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: Arial">离开</span></em>的动作是</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">5</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">分钟<em><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;">之前</span></em>发生的，是<em><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: Arial">过去时。</span></em>也就是说从他<em><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;">离开到现在</span></em>已经<em><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: Arial">有五分钟</span></em>了，这个动作是<em><span style="font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;">延续</span></em>的，要用现在完成时，并且要把原来的</span><em><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;color:red;">短暂性动词</span></em><span class="apple-converted-space"><i><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:red;">&nbsp;</span></i></span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">改为</span><em><span style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;color:red;">延续性动词</span></em><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">。</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;text-indent:24.0pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;"><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p>&nbsp;</o:p></span></p>
<p style="margin-top:0cm;margin-right:0cm;margin-bottom:7.5pt;margin-left:0cm;text-align:justify;text-justify:inter-ideograph;"><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">一些</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:red;">短暂性动词</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">及相应的</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;color:red;">延续性动词</span><span style="font-size:10.5pt;">：</span><span lang="EN-US" style="font-size:10.5pt;font-family:'Times New Roman';"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">arrive</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;">（</span></span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">get to /reach</span></span><span class="apple-style-span"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:arial;color:teal;">）</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">→ be here</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;"> (in)</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning: 0pt"> <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">begin(start) → be on<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">die → be dead <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">come </span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">here</span></span><span class="apple-style-span"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:arial;color:teal;">（</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">back</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:arial;color:teal;">）</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">→be </span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">here</span></span><span class="apple-style-span"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;">（</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">back</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;">）</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">leave → be away (from) <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">fall ill(sick, asleep)→be ill(sick, asleep)<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">get up→ be up <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">go</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">/</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"> get out</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">（</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">there</span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">）</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">→ be out</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">（</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">there</span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">）</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">finish → be over <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">put on → wear </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">be on<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">open → be open</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">（</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">keep sth open</span></span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">）</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"> <span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">join → be in</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">或</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"> be a member of…+</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:Arial;mso-hansi-font-family:Arial;mso-bidi-font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">组织机构</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">close → be closed <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">go to school → be a student<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">borrow →keep</span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"> <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">buy/get →have </span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">catch(a cold) → have(a cold) </span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning:0pt;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">get to know → know<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">begin to study → study <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">come to work → work<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">move to → live in&nbsp; <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">finish/end → be over<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">come to → be in&nbsp; </span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;mso-pagination:widow-orphan;tab-stops:45.8pt 91.6pt 137.4pt 183.2pt 229.0pt 274.8pt 320.6pt 366.4pt 412.2pt 458.0pt 503.8pt 549.6pt 595.4pt 641.2pt 687.0pt 732.8pt;"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning: 0pt">sit down → be seated<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">marry → be married <o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">dress → be dressed<o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;">become </span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;mso-font-kerning:0pt;">→</span><span class="apple-style-span"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;"> be</span></span><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;color:teal;"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><span lang="EN-US" style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:Arial;">&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<o:p></o:p></span></p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2012 14:17:03 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=120</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>现在完成时之延续性动词与终止性动词</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=119</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p class="MsoNormal" align="left" style="text-align:left;line-height:19.0pt;mso-line-height-rule:exactly;"><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">动词按其动作发生的方式，动作发生过程的长短，分为延续性动词和终止性动词。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">延续性动词表示的动词是一种延续的动作，这种动词可以延续下去或产生持久的影响。如：</span><span lang="EN-US">learn</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">work</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">stand</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">lie</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">know</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">walk</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">keep</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US"> have</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">wait</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">watch</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">sing</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">read</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">sleep</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">live <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">终止性动词也称非延续性动词、瞬间动词，表示的动作不能延续，即动作发生立即结束，产生某种结果。在有了某种结果之后，就不能再继续下去。如：</span><span lang="EN-US">leave</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">start</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">set
out</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">arrive</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">reach</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">get
to</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">begin</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US"> stop</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">shut</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">turn off</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">marry</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">put</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">put
on</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">get up</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">wake</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">fall</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">join</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">receive</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US"> finish</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">end</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">complete</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">become</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">come</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">go</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">die</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">close</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">open</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">break</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">give</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US"> jump</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">buy</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">borrow</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
1</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．终止性动词的用法</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
1</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）终止性动词可用来表示某一动作的完成，因此可用于现在完成时。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
The plane has arrived</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">飞机到了。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
I have finished my homework</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．我已完成了作业。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
2</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）终止性动词表示的动作极其短暂，不能持续，所以其现在完成时（只限于肯定式）不能和表示一段时间的状语连用。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①他死了三年了。误：</span><span lang="EN-US">He has died for three years</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">②他来这儿三个月了。误：</span><span lang="EN-US">he has come here for three months</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①②两句中的动词</span><span lang="EN-US">die</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">和</span><span lang="EN-US">come</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">都为终止性动词，它们可用于完成时，但不能同表示一段时间的状语</span><span lang="EN-US">for three years </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">months</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">连用。那这两句如何译成英语呢？我们可采用下列方法：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
A</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．用能够表示持续状态的相应的延续性动词替换句中的终止性动词。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①</span><span lang="EN-US">He has been dead for three years</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">②</span><span lang="EN-US">He has been here for three months</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">将短暂性动词改为相应的延续性动词或短语和一段时间连用，其常用的方法有如下几种：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
a</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．用相应的延续性动词替换的主要有：</span><span lang="EN-US">buy→have</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">borrow→ keep</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">come</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">go </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">become→be</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">catch </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">get
a cold→have a cold</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">get to know→know</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
b</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US">be</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">＋名词：</span><span lang="EN-US">join
the Party </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">League→be a Party </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">League member</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US"> go to school→be a student</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">join
the army→be a soldier</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
c</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US">be</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">＋形容词／副词：</span><span lang="EN-US">die→be dead</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">leave→be away</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（</span><span lang="EN-US">from</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">），</span><span lang="EN-US">put
on→be on</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">finish </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">end→be over</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">begin</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">start→be on</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">come→be here </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US"> in</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">fall asleep→be asleep</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">go out→be out</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
d</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US">be</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">＋介词短语：</span><span lang="EN-US">go to school→be in </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">at
school</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">join the army→ be in the army</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
e</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．去掉短语中的短暂性动词：</span><span lang="EN-US">get to know→know</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">come to work→work</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">begin to study→study <br />
B</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．把误句中表示一段时间的状语改为表示过去时间的状语，原动词的完成时改为过去时。</span><span lang="EN-US">&nbsp;&nbsp;<br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①</span><span lang="EN-US">He died three years ago</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">②</span><span lang="EN-US">He came here three months ago</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
C</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．用</span><span lang="EN-US">“It is </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">has been </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">＋一段时间＋</span><span lang="EN-US">since</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（一般过去时）</span><span lang="EN-US">”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">结构。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①</span><span lang="EN-US">It is </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">has been three years since he died</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">②</span><span lang="EN-US">It is </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">／</span><span lang="EN-US">has been three months since he came here</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
D</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．用</span><span lang="EN-US">“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">多长时间＋</span><span lang="EN-US">has
passed </span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">＋</span><span lang="EN-US">since</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（一般过去时）</span><span lang="EN-US">”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">结构。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">①</span><span lang="EN-US">Three years has passed since he
died</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">②</span><span lang="EN-US">Three months has passed since he
came here</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
3</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）终止性动词现在完成时的否定式，已成为一种可以延续的状态，因此可以和表示一段时间的状语连用。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
I haven't heard from him for two weeks</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．我已两个星期没收到他的信了。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
He hasn't left here since 1990</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．自从</span><span lang="EN-US">1990</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">年以来，他一直没有离开过这儿。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
4</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）终止性动词的否定式同</span><span lang="EN-US">until</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">一起连用，构成</span><span lang="EN-US">“not</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．．．</span><span lang="EN-US">until”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">结构，意为</span><span lang="EN-US">“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">直到</span><span lang="EN-US">……</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">才</span><span lang="EN-US">……”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，表示这个动作直到</span><span lang="EN-US">until</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">所表达的时间到来时才发生。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
We won't go to visit the Great Wall until the rain stops</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．直到雨停了我们才会去参观长城。</span><span lang="EN-US"><br />
—When did you go to bed last night</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">？昨晚你几点钟点上床睡觉的？</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
—I didn't go to bed until my father got home</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．直到我爸爸到家我才上床睡觉。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
5</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）在</span><span lang="EN-US">while</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">（表示</span><span lang="EN-US">“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">一段时间</span><span lang="EN-US">”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）引导的从句中，不能用终止性动词，但</span><span lang="EN-US">when</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">可以，因为</span><span lang="EN-US">when</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">可表示</span><span lang="EN-US">“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">时间的点</span><span lang="EN-US">”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，也可表示</span><span lang="EN-US">“</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">一段时间</span><span lang="EN-US">”</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">误：</span><span lang="EN-US">While I got to the village</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">it was dark</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">正：</span><span lang="EN-US">When I got to the village</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">it was dark</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
6</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）终止性动词肯定式的完成时不能和</span><span lang="EN-US">how long</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">连用。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">误：</span><span lang="EN-US">How long have you borrow the book</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">？</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">可改用延续性动词或与</span><span lang="EN-US">when</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">连用的一般过去时。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">正：</span><span lang="EN-US">How long have you kept the book</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">？</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">正：</span><span lang="EN-US">When did you borrow the book</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">？</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
2</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．延续性动词的用法</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
1</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）延续性动词可以用于现在完成时，其完成时可以同一段时间状语连用。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
I have waited for him for nearly two hours</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．我等他快两个小时了。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
2</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）终止性动词不能和表一段时间的状语连用。同样，延续性动词也不能和表示短暂时间的时间点连用。如：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">误：</span><span lang="EN-US">It rained at eight yesterday
morning</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"><br />
rain</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">为延续性动词，而</span><span lang="EN-US">at eight</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">是表示时间点的状语，显然矛盾。如果要用延续性动词表示一瞬间的行为，可以借助</span><span lang="EN-US">come</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US">get</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">，</span><span lang="EN-US"> begin</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">等终止性动词来表达。上句可改为：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
It began to rain at eight yesterday morning</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family: &quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
3</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family: &quot;Times Newroman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">）在</span><span lang="EN-US">until</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">引导的时间状语从句中，若主句的谓语动词是持续性动词，既可以用肯定形式，也可以用否定形式，但句子含义不同。试比较：</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
She listened to the radio until her father came back</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．她一直听收音机到她父亲回来。</span><span lang="EN-US"> <br />
She didn't listen to the radio until her father came back</span><span style="mso-bidi-font-size:10.5pt;font-family:宋体;mso-ascii-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;;mso-hansi-font-family:&quot;Times New Roman&quot;">．直到她父亲回来才听收音机。</span><span lang="EN-US"><o:p></o:p></span></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="line-height:19.0pt;mso-line-height-rule:exactly;"><span lang="EN-US"><o:p>&nbsp;</o:p></span></p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2012 14:13:09 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=119</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>短暂性动词，延续性动词和现在完成时</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=118</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;line-height:21px;color:#494949;font-family:simsun;font-size:14px;text-align:left;background-color:#c4dcd9;"><p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">短暂性动词是指动作一旦发生就立即结束。它不能和一段时间连用。这类动词有：go, come, arrive, leave, begin, start, join, marry 等；短暂性动词的肯定式不能与表示一段时间的for或since或how long等状语连用。例如：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">His father got ill. I have received his letter.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">但是，不可以说：His father got ill for a week.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">I have received his letter for three days.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">在否定句中，短暂性动词可以和表示一段时间的状语连用。例如：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">I suppose something must have happened to her.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">延续性动词是指动作发生后还可以延续一段时间或者相当长的一段时间。如：live, work, study, learn, sleep等，延续性动词可以和表示一段的时间状语连用。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">值得注意的是，表示一段时间的状语除了“for+一段时间”外，还有since+n./从句（时间点），since+时间段+ago，疑问词how long，in the past+时间段，all these+时间段，from…to（时间点）以及till/until+n./句子等等。例如：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">How long _______ your brother joined the army?</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">A. has&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;B. had&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;C. is it since&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;D. was there that</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">通过审题，答案B和D很容易被排除，但是稍不注意便会选中答案A；殊不知how long为一段时间的状语，不能与非延续性动词短语has joined连用，所以这题的正确答案是C。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">另外，动词的延续性与非延续性还体现在这两种句型中：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">延续性动词的肯定式+till/ until&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;短暂性动词的否定式+till/ until</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">请看例句：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">We waited until he came.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">I didn’t go to bed until my father came back home last night.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">如果短暂性动词与表示一段时间的时间状语连用，必须将短暂性动词改为延续性动词。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">现归纳总结一下由非延续性动词到延续性动词的转换：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;arrive→be here&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;begin(start)→be on</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;die →be dead&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;come back→be back</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>leave →be away (from)&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;fall ill(sick, asleep)→be ill(sick, asleep)</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;get up→be up&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;go out&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;→be out</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;finish →be over&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;put on&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;→wear 或be on</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;open →be open&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;join →be in或 be a member of…</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;close →be closed&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;go to school→be a student</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;borrow →keep&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;buy/get&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;→have&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr></p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;catch(a cold)→ have(a cold)&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;get to know →know</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;begin to study→study&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>come to work→work</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">move to → live in&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;finish/end → be over</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">come to → be in&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;sit down → be seated</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">marry → be married&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;dress → be dressed等</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">如：He has been a soldier for three years.&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;他参军三年了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>His father has been dead for two years.&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;他父亲去世二年了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>The film has been on for ten minutes.&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;电影已开始十分钟了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">We have studied English for three years.&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;我们（开始）学英语已三年了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">How long can I keep this book?&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;　　　这本书我可以借多长时间？</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">除了用上面的转化形式之外，还可以用其他的表达形式：A. It is/ has been+时间+since……（动词用过去式），B. 主语+谓语（过去时）+时间+ago。　例如：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">It’s five days since I received his letter.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">His father died three years ago.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">看一个句子可以用以下几种说法：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">他离开上海已经3天了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He left Shanghai three days ago.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has been away from Shanghai for three days.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has been away from Shanghai since three days ago.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">It is/ has been three days since he left Shanghai.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">Three days has passed since he left Shanghai.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">几点注意事项:</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">（1）have been(to)与have gone( to)的区别：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">have been(to)表示“去过某地（现在已经回来了）”，可用于各人称；</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">have gone(to)表示“去某地了（说话时某人不在当地）”，可能在去的路上，可能已在某地，也可能在回来的路上，总之，人不在这里。常用第三人称作主语。，前者可与once ,never, several times等连用，后者则不能。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">如：They have been to Beijing twice.&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;他们去过北京两次。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;He has gone to Beijing .&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;他去北京了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">注意比较下面几组句子的意义：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has gone to Amercia.　　（他到美国去了。　他不在这里）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has been to Amercia.　　（他去过美国。　现已回来）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has been in Shanghai.　　（他在上海呆过。　现在不在上海）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has been in shanghai for years.　（他在上海多年。　现在还在上海）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has taught English.　　　（他教过英语　现在不教了）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">He has taught English for years.　（他教英语多年了。　现在还在教）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">（2）如单纯表示一段时间，或强调一段时间，虽有since一词，也不必用完成时。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">如：It is two years since his father died.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">=His father has been dead for two years.&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;他父亲去世已有三年了。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">（3）终止性动词现在完成时的否定式，已变成一种可以延续的状态，因此可以和表示一段时间的状语连用。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;如：I haven't left here since 1997. 自从1997年以来，我一直没有离开过这儿。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">Exercises:</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">I. 句型转换：</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">1. Mr. Li began to teach English in this school in 1999.（同义句）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;Mr. Li ______ &nbsp;<wbr>_______ English in this school since 1999.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">2. The factory opened ten years ago.（同义句</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;The factory _______&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;______ for ten years.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">3. John left Beijing three years ago. （同义句）</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">Three years _____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>______ John _____ Beijing.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>John_____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;______ ______&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;______ Beijing _____ three years.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">4. His company opened in 2003. （同义句</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>His company _____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____ since 2003.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">5. My father bought the car half a year ago. （同义句</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">My father ______&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;______ the car ____ half a year.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">6. We got to know each other for about 15 years. （同义句</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">We _____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____ each other _____ about 15 years.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">7. The film began ten minutes ago. （同义句</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">The film _____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____ for ten minutes.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">8. I borrowed this book two weeks ago. （同义句</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">I _____&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;_____ this book for two weeks.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">9. My father came back the day before yesterday.<br />
My father has ______ ______ for two days.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">10.My uncle bought the new car two months ago.<br />
My uncle has______ the new car ______two months ago.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">II. 用have been和have gone填空。</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">1. Mother isn’t here. She ______ to the barber’s.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">2. ______ you ever ______ abroad before?</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">3. There you are at last! Where ______ you ______?</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">4. Tom and Mary have just come in. They ______ to a party.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">5. Tom and Mary aren’t here. They ______ to a Party.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">6. My father ______ to New York. He left this morning.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">7. My mother ______ to the supermarket and she has taken my bag with her.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">8. None of us ______ to England.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">9. “I’ve come to see Tom.”</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>“But he is not here. He ______ to your house to see you.”</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">10. I ______ never ______ to Shanghai.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">11. The young man ______ to Beijing. He is working there now.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">12. The students ______ to the cinema to see a film today. Now they are back.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">13. Tom isn’t at home. He ______ to school.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">14. Mr. and Mrs. Smith ______ to London now.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">They ______ there twice already.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">15. Mr. Smith ______ to Britain and France this year.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">Now he is telling his students about his trip.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">16. All the students ______ to the meeting to listen to a lecture.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">17. Where is Jerry?</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;<wbr>&nbsp;He isn’t here now. He ______ to the library to borrow books.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">18. Miss Li ______ never ______ to China before.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">19. Where ______ you ______? The meeting has already begun.</p>
<p style="margin-top:0px;padding-top:0px;padding-right:0px;padding-bottom:0px;padding-left:0px;border-top-width:0px;border-right-width:0px;border-bottom-width:0px;border-left-width:0px;border-style:initial;border-color:initial;border-image:initial;list-style-type:none;list-style-position:initial;list-style-image:initial;word-wrap:normal;word-break:normal;">20. Where ______ he ______? I can’t find him anywhere.</p>
</p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2012 13:44:42 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=118</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>非延续性动词与现在完成时</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=117</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<pre class="reply-text mb10" id="content-39136933">终止性动词又称为瞬间动词或非延续性动词，它表示的动作不能延续，也就是说动作一旦发生就立即结束，并产生某种结果。常见的这类动词有：accept，arrive，become，begin，borrow，break，buy，catch，close，come，die，end，fall，finish，get，give，go，join，leave，put，reach，receive，shut，start，stop等。终止性动词用在现在完成时要注意下面三点：
  （一）终止性动词可直接用来表示某一动作的完成。例如：
1．They have reached Shanghai．他们已经到达了上海。
2．Has he gone to London? 他已经到伦敦去了吗?
  （二）终止性动词表示的动作极其短暂，不能持续，所以，在现在完成时中一般不能和以since，for等引导的表示一段时间的状语连用。例如：
1．那老人已经死了一周了。The old man has died for a week．(误)
2．他三天前就已经来这儿了。He has come here since three days ago．(误)
在以上两句中，die和come都是终止性动词，可用于现在完成时，但不能与以
since或for引导的表示一段时间的状语连用。

(三)有关特殊终止性动词的用法。
1．在while(表示一段时间)引导的从句里，谓语动词不能使用终止性动词，但可以把while改成when，这样，从句里的谓语动词就可以使用终止性动词了。因为when既可以表示时间的“点”，又可以表示时间的“段”。例如：
While he got to America．he found his English Was very poor．(误)
When he got t0 America．he found his English was very poor．(正)
2．终止性动词的否定式与until连用时，意为“直到……才／不到什么时间不……”等。例如：
Don’t get off until the bus stops．车未停稳，切勿下车。
3．终止性动词不可以与how long引导的句式连用。例如：
How long have you borrowed the magazine?(误)
When did you borrow the magazine?(正)
How long have you kept the magazine?(正)</pre>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2012 13:43:38 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=117</guid>

</item>
<item>
	<title>独立主格结构</title>
	<link>http://www.ywo.net/?post=116</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<span style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;;font-size:medium;">独立主格结构<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;非谓语动词作状语时，它的逻辑主语应该是句子的主语。但有时非谓语动词带有自己的主语，从而在结构上与主语不发生关系，我们称之为独立主格结构（Absolute Construction）。其实，所谓“独立主格结构”也并非真正独立，它还是一种从属的结构。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span><br style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:21px;" />
<span style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;;font-size:medium;">一. 非谓语动词独立主格结构<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 在独立主格结构中，非谓语动词和它前面的名词或代词存在着逻辑上的主谓关系。</span><br style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;font-size:14px;line-height:21px;" />
<span style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;;font-size:medium;"><br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Such an able man to help you，you will surely succeed sooner or later.&nbsp; &nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 有这么能干的人来帮你, 你迟早一定会成功的。（such an able man和 to help you 之间存在着主谓关系）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = Since such an able man will help you, you will surely succeed sooner or later.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He seating himself at the desk, his mother began to tell him a story.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 他在书桌旁坐好后，他母亲开始给他讲故事。（seating himself at the desk拥有了自己的逻辑主语he，注意是“主格”）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = When he seated himself at the desk, his mother began to tell him a story.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The key to the bike lost, he had to walk to school.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 由于丢了自行车钥匙，他只好步行去学校。（lost 的逻辑主语是the key，lost 也可以用完成式having been lost）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = Because the key to the bike had been lost, he had to walk to school.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
二. 不定式“独立主格结构”<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 在“逻辑主语+动词不定式”结构中，动词不定式和它前面的名词或代词存在着逻辑上的主谓关系。这种结构也可用一个从句或并列分句来表达。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
A.&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
1．动词不定式用主动的形式<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 在独立主格结构中，动词不定式和它前面的名词或代词存在着逻辑上的主谓关系。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; His mother to come tonight，he is busy preparing the dinner.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;他母亲今晚要来,他正在忙着准备饭菜。（= As his mother is to come tonight, he is busy preparing the dinner.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; ——will you go to the comcert tonight&nbsp; &nbsp;你今晚去听音乐会吗？<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; ——sorry.So many exerise-books to check,I rially can't afford any time. 对不起，有这多的作业要批，我真的抽不出时间。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （＝Because I shall check so many exercise-books tonight,I really can't afford any time.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The four of us agreed on a division of labour,each to translate a quarter of the book.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;我们四人同意分工干，每人翻译全书的四分之一。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （＝The four of us agreed on a division of labour and each is to translate a quarter of the book.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Many trees,flowers,and grass to be planted,our newly-built school will look even more beautiful.&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;种上许多的树，花和草后，我们新建的学校将看上去更美。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(=If many trees,flowers,and grass are planted,our newly-built school will look even more beautiful.)<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
2．-ing形式“独立主格结构” 动词的-ing形式作状语时，其逻辑主语一般应与句子的主语保持一致。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Being ill, he went home.&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;由于生病,他回家了。（= As he was very ill, he went home.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Seating himself at the desk, he began to read a magazine.在课桌旁坐好后，他开始看杂志。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（= When he had seated himself at the desk, he began to read a magazine.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
B.&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
1． 表示时间的-ing形式作“独立主格结构”<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Everyone being ready, the teacher began his class. 每个人都准备好后，老师开始上课。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（相当于一个时间状语从句When everyone was ready)<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The chairman began the meeting , everyone being seated.&nbsp;&nbsp;每个人坐好后，主席开始开会。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（相当于一个时间状语从句after everyone was seated）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
2． 表示原因的-ing形式作“独立主格结构”<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The boy leading the way, we had no trouble finding the strange cave.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;由那个男孩带路，我们没有困难就找到了那奇怪的洞。（相当于一个原因状语从句Because the boy led the way）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Many eyes watching him, he felt a bit nervous.&nbsp;&nbsp;许多眼睛看着他，他感到有点儿紧张。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;（相当于一个原因状语从句As many eyes were watching him）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
必背：含有being的独立主格结构。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; It being National Day today，the streets are very crowded. 今天是国庆节,街上很拥挤。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = As it is National Day today, the streets are very crowded.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; There being no further business to discuss, we all went home. 没有别的事可讨论，我们都回家了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = As there was no further business to discuss, we all went home.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
3． 表示条件的-ing形式作“独立主格结构”<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Time permitting, we will have a picnic next week.时间允许的话，我们下星期将进行一次野炊。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;（相当于一个条件状语从句If time permits)<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; My health allowing, I will work far into the night. 我的健康许可的话，我愿工作到深夜。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（相当于一个条件状语从句If my health allows）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
4． 表示方式的-ing形式作“独立主格结构”<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The students are walking in the school happily, each wearing a card in front of his chest.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 学生们快乐地在学校里走着，每个人胸前都带着一张卡。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（相当于一个并列分句and each wears a card in front of his chest）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The boy lay on the grass, his eyes looking at the sky.&nbsp; &nbsp;男孩躺在草地上，眼睛看着天空。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（相当于一个并列分句and his eyes were looking at the sky）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
5．-ed形式“独立主格结构”&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;与逻辑主语+动词的-ing形式一样，如果-ed形式的逻辑主语和句子的主语不一致的话，就需要用-ed形式的独立主格结构。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The book written in simple English, English beginners were able to read it. 该书是用简单英语写的，英语初学者也能看懂。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = As the book was written in simple English，English beginners were able to read it.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The workers worked still harder, their living conditions greatly improved.&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 由于工人们的生活条件大大提高，他们工作得更起劲了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = As their living conditions were greatly improved, the workers worked still harder.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He was listening attentively in class, his eyes fixed on the blackboard. 他上课专心听讲，眼睛紧盯着黑板。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He was listening attentively in class, and his eyes were fixed on the blackboard.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The task completed,he had two months' leave.&nbsp;&nbsp;任务完成以后，他休了两个月的假。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（=When the task had been completed,he had two months' leave.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
比较：<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 动词不定式表示动作没有发生或即将发生，动词-ed形式表示动作已经结束，动词-ing形式往往表示动作正在进行。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The manager looks worried，many things to settle.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;经理看上去很着急, 有这么多的事情要处理。（事情还没有处理，而且是由经理本人来处理，用不定式to settle）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The manager looks relaxed, many things settled.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;许多事情已经处理好了， 经理看上去很轻松。（事情已经处理好了，用动词-ed形式settled表示动作已经结束）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The food being cooked, the boy was watching TV. 小孩一边做饭，一边看电视。（两个动作同时进行）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The food cooked, the boy went to bed.&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;饭做好了，小孩去睡了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;（两个动作有先后，饭已做好，小孩才去睡觉的）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
三. 动词独立主格结构<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; “逻辑主语+being+其他”是独立主格结构中的“逻辑主语+动词-ing形式”的一种形式。在这种结构中，being往往可以被省去，这种省去being的结构，称之为无动词“独立主格结构”。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
A．逻辑主语+名词<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Ten students entered for the competition, the youngest a boy of 12.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 十个学生报名参加了这次竞赛，年纪最小的是个12岁的男孩。（the youngest和a boy of 12之间省去了being）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 注意：&nbsp;&nbsp;独立主格结构中的being在下列两种情况下一般不能省略，一是在“There being + 名词”结构中，二是在逻辑主语是代词的情况下。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; There being no bus, we had to walk home. 由于没有公共汽车，我们只好走回家。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; It being Sunday, all the offices are closed.&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;因为是星期日，所有办公室都关门。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
B．逻辑主语+形容词<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He turned to me, his eyes sleepy.&nbsp;&nbsp;他睡眼惺忪地转向我。（his eyes和sleepy之间省去了being）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He turned to me, and his eyes were sleepy.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He stood there, his mouth wide open.&nbsp; &nbsp;他站在那里，嘴张得大大的。（his mouth和wide open之间省去了being）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He stood there, and his mouth was wide open.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
C．逻辑主语+副词<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; School over, we all went home.&nbsp; &nbsp;放学了，我们都回家了。（school和over之间省去了being）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = School was over, and we all went home.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He sat at his desk, his shoes off.&nbsp; &nbsp; 他坐在课桌旁，没穿鞋子。（his shoes和off之间省去了being）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He sat at his desk and his shoes were off.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
D．逻辑主语+介词短语<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He is standing in front of the blackboard, his back towards us. 他站在黑板面前，背对着我们。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He was standing in front of the blackboard, and his back was towards us.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The new teacher came in, a smile on her face. 新老师面带微笑走了进来。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = The new teacher came in and she had a smile on her face.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The teacher came into the classroom，a rule in his hand.老师走进教室，手里拿着一把直尺。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = The teacher came in and a ruler was in his hand.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
提示：<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;在“逻辑主语+介词短语”构成的独立主格结构里，如果名词用单数，可以不用冠词，同时介词短语里的限定词也可省略。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The music teacher stood at the door, violin in hand.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 音乐老师站在门口,手里拿着一把小提琴。（= The music teacher stood at the door, a violin in his hand.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
四. withwithout 引导的独立主格结构<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;介词withwithout +宾语+宾语的补足语可以构成独立主格结构，上面讨论过的独立主格结构的几种情况在此结构中都能体现。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
A． with+名词代词+形容词<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He doesn誸 like to sleep with the windows open. 他不喜欢开着窗子睡觉。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He doesn誸 like to sleep when the windows are open.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He stood in the rain, with his clothes wet. 他站在雨中，衣服湿透了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He stood in the rain, and his clothes were wet.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
注意： 在“with+名词代词+形容词”构成的独立主格结构中，也可用已形容词化的-ing形式或-ed形式。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; With his son so disappointing，the old man felt unhappy.由于儿子如此令人失望,老人感到很不快乐。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; With his father well-known, the boy didn誸 want to study.&nbsp; &nbsp;父亲如此出名，儿子不想读书。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
B． with+名词代词+副词<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Our school looks even more beautiful with all the lights on. 所有的灯都打开时，我们的学校看上去更美。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = Our school looks even more beautiful ifwhen all the lights are on.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The boy was walking, with his father ahead. 父亲在前，小孩在后走着。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = The boy was walking and his father was ahead.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
C． with+名词代词+介词短语<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He stood at the door, with a computer in his hand. 或He stood at the door, computer in hand.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;他站在门口，手里拿着一部电脑。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He stood at the door, and a computer was in his hand.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Vincent sat at the desk, with a pen in his mouth. 或Vincent sat at the desk, pen in mouth.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 文森特坐在课桌前，嘴里衔着一支笔。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = Vincent sat at the desk, and he had a pen in his mouth.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
D． with+名词代词+动词的-ed形式<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; With his homework done, Peter went out to play.&nbsp;&nbsp;作业做好了，彼得出去玩了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = When his homework was done, Peter went out to play.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; With the signal given, the train started.信号发出了，火车开始起动了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = After the signal was given, the train started.&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; I wouldn誸 dare go home without the job finished.工作还没完成，我不敢回家。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = I wouldn誸 dare go home because the job was not finished.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
E． with+名词代词+动词的-ing形式<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The man felt very happy with so many children sitting around him.有这么多的孩子坐在他周围，那男子感到很高兴。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = The man felt very happy when he found so many children sitting around him.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The girl hid her box without anyone knowing where it was.小女孩把盒子藏了起来，没有人知道它在哪里。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = The girl hid her box and no one knew where it was.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Without anyone noticing, he slipped through the window. 他趁没人注意的时候，从窗口溜走了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = When no one was noticing, he slipped through the window.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
F． with+名词代词+动词不定式<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The little boy looks sad, with so much homework to do.有这么多的家庭作业要做，小男孩看上去很不开心。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = The little boy looks sad because he has so much homework to do.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The kid feels excited with so many places of interest to visit. 有这么多的名胜可参观，小孩很激动。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The kid feels excited as there are so many places of interest to visit.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
提示：在withwithout 的复合结构中，多数情况下with 能省略，但without 不能省略。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Without a word more spoken, she left the meeting room.&nbsp;&nbsp;她没再说什么话就离开了会议室。（without不能省略）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
五. 独立主格结构的句法功能<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 独立主格结构在句中除了能充当原因状语、时间状语、条件状语和伴随状语外，还能作定语。在形式上，“独立主格结构”可位于句首、句中或句尾，并通常用逗号与主句隔开。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
A．作状语&nbsp; &nbsp; 独立主格结构作状语，其功能相当于一个状语从句或并列分句。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
1．表示时间<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Night coming on, we put ourselves up in a small hotel. 夜幕降临，我们在一家小旅馆住了下来。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （= When night came on, we put ourselves up in a small hotel.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; All the guests seated, they began their dinner. 所有的客人就坐后，他们才开始吃饭。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （= When all the guests were seated, they began their dinner.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; With everything she needed bought, Grace took a taxi home. 所需要的都买好后，格雷斯打的回家了。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （After everything she needed was bought, Grace took a taxi home.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
2．表示原因<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; With a lot of difficult problems to settle, the newly-elected president is having a hard time.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 有许多难题要解决，新当选的总统日子不好过。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （= As he has a lot of difficult problems to settle, the newly-elected president is having a hard time.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; There being no means of transportation, he had to walk home at midnight.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 由于在半夜没有交通工具了， 他只好步行回家。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; (= As there was no means of transportation, he had to walk home at midnight.)<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
3．表示条件<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Weather permitting, we will hold our yearly sports meeting next week.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 如果天气允许的话，我们下星期将举行每年一次的运动会。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （= If weather permits，we will hold our yearly sports meeting next week.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; All the work done, you can have a rest. 所有工作做好后，你可以休息。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （=As long as all the work is done, you can have a rest.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Everything taken into consideration, the plan seems to be more practical. 如果从各方面考虑，你的计划似乎更实际些。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （= If everything is taken into consideration, the plan seems to be more practical.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
提示：表示时间、原因、条件的独立主格结构一般放在句首，并且不能保留连词。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 【误】When class being over, the students left their classroom.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 【正】Class (being) over, the students left their classroom. 下课了，学生都离开了教室。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 【误】The moon appearing and they continued their way.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 【正】The moon appearing, they continued their way. 月亮出来了，他们继续赶路。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
4．表示伴随情况或补充说明<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The strange man was walking down the street, with a stick in his hand. 那个奇怪的男人在街上走着,手里拿着根手杖。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （= The strange man was walking down the street, and he carried a stick in his hand.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; The murderer was brought in, with his hands tied behind his back. 杀人犯被带了进来，手被捆在背后。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （=The murderer was brought in, and his hands were tied behind his back.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; Two hundred people died in the accident, many of them children.&nbsp;&nbsp;有两百人在事故中丧生，其中许多是儿童。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; （Two hundred people died in the accident and many of them were children.）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
B．作定语&nbsp; &nbsp; 独立主格结构作定语，其功能相当于一个定语从句。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He is the person with a lot of questions to be settled. (with 的复合结构作定语,修饰the student)&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 他就是有许多问题要解决的那个人。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He is the person who has a lot of questions to be settled.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; You can use a large plastic bottle with its top cut off. (with 的复合结构作定语,修饰bottle)&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 你可以使用一个颈被砍掉的大塑料瓶。&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = You can use a large plastic bottle whose top was cut off.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; He was walking along the road without any street lights on its both sides.&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; 他走在一条两边没有路灯的马路上。 (without的复合结构作定语,修饰the road )&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; = He was walking along the road that didn誸 have any street lights on its both sides.<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
提示：在这里我们讨论了很多用连词连接的两个句子改为独立主格结构的情况。需要提示的是，不是所有用连词的地方都可以改为独立主格结构。<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; If you stand on the top of the mountain，the park looks more beautiful.&nbsp; &nbsp;如果你站在山顶上, 公园看上去更美。（不要改为独立主格结构）<br style="word-wrap:break-word;" />
</span><p><span style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;;font-size:medium;"> &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; If you check your test paper carefully, some mistakes can be avoided. 如果你仔细检查试卷的话，有些错误是可以避免的。（不要改为独立主格结构）</span></p>
<p><span style="word-wrap:break-word;color:#444444;font-family:Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif;;font-size:medium;"><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="color:#444444;font-family:'Tahoma, Helvetica, SimSun, sans-serif';font-size:small;"><span style="line-height:24px;">附:</span></span></p>
<p><span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">10.1&nbsp;独立主格</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">（一）：&nbsp;独立主格结构的构成：</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">名词(代词)+现在分词、过去分词；</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">名词(代词)+形容词；</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">名词(代词)+副词；</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">名词(代词)+不定式；</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">名词(代词)&nbsp;+介词短语构成。　</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">（二）&nbsp;独立主格结构的特点：</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">　　1）独立主格结构的逻辑主语与句子的主语不同，它独立存在。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">　　2）名词或代词与后面的分词，形容词，副词，不定&nbsp;式，介词等是主谓关系。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">　　3）独立主格结构一般有逗号与主句分开。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">举例：</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">The&nbsp;test&nbsp;finished,&nbsp;we&nbsp;began&nbsp;our&nbsp;holiday.</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">=&nbsp;When&nbsp;the&nbsp;test&nbsp;was&nbsp;finished,&nbsp;we&nbsp;began&nbsp;our&nbsp;holiday.</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">考试结束了，我们开始放假。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">The&nbsp;president&nbsp;assassinated,&nbsp;the&nbsp;whole&nbsp;country&nbsp;was&nbsp;in&nbsp;deep&nbsp;sorrow.</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">=&nbsp;After&nbsp;the&nbsp;president&nbsp;was&nbsp;assassinated,&nbsp;the&nbsp;whole&nbsp;country&nbsp;was&nbsp;in&nbsp;deep&nbsp;sorrow.</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">总统被谋杀了，举国上下沉浸在悲哀之中。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">Weather&nbsp;permitting,&nbsp;we&nbsp;are&nbsp;going&nbsp;to&nbsp;visit&nbsp;you&nbsp;tomorrow.　</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">如果天气允许，我们明天去看你。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">This&nbsp;done,&nbsp;we&nbsp;went&nbsp;home.　　　</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">工作完成后，我们才回家。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">The&nbsp;meeting&nbsp;gone&nbsp;over,&nbsp;everyone&nbsp;tired&nbsp;to&nbsp;go&nbsp;home&nbsp;earlier.　</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">会议结束后，每个人都想早点回家。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">He&nbsp;came&nbsp;into&nbsp;the&nbsp;room,&nbsp;his&nbsp;ears&nbsp;red&nbsp;with&nbsp;cold.</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">他回到了房子里，耳朵冻坏了。</span><br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
<br style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;" />
</p>
<p><span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">He&nbsp;came&nbsp;out&nbsp;of&nbsp;the&nbsp;library,&nbsp;a&nbsp;large&nbsp;book&nbsp;under&nbsp;his&nbsp;arm.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family:Verdana, '&amp;#23435;&amp;#20307;';font-size:14px;line-height:21px;text-align:left;">他夹着本厚书，走出了图书馆</span></p>
<p></p>]]></description>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Mar 2012 02:54:08 +0000</pubDate>
	<author>羊小羊</author>
	<guid>http://www.ywo.net/?post=116</guid>

</item></channel>
</rss>
